Document:

EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

EXECUTION VERSION 

PARKER DRILLING COMPANY 
 AND 

THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME 
 TO TIME
PARTIES HERETO 
 $360,000,000 

6.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022 

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
January 22, 2014 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A. 

as Trustee 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	19	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	One Class of Securities	  	 	20	  
	 Section 1.04
	 	Trust Indenture Act	  	 	20	  
	 Section 1.05
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	20	  
		
	 ARTICLE II. THE NOTES
	  	 	21	  
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	 	21	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	Payments by Company by Wire Transfer	  	 	21	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	21	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	22	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	Holder Lists	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	Treasury Notes	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	Cancellation	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.14
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.15
	 	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	38	  
		
	 ARTICLE III. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	39	  
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	39	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	39	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	39	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	40	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	41	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	41	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	41	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	42	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	42	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS
	  	 	44	  
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	45	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	Reports	  	 	45	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	46	  

							
	 Section 4.05
	 	Taxes	  	 	47	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	47	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	Restricted Payments	  	 	47	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	50	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.10
	 	Asset Sales	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	57	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	Liens	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	Line of Business	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	60	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	Payments for Consent	  	 	60	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	Subsidiary Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness	  	 	60	  
	 Section 4.19
	 	Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade	  	 	60	  
		
	 ARTICLE V. SUCCESSORS
	  	 	61	  
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	 	61	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	62	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	62	  
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	Events of Default	  	 	62	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	Acceleration	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	65	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	65	  
	 Section 6.07
	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	65	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	66	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	66	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	Priorities	  	 	66	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	67	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII. TRUSTEE
	  	 	67	  
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	67	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	68	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	69	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	70	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	70	  
	 Section 7.06
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	70	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	70	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	71	  
	 Section 7.09
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	72	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	72	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	73	  

  
 ii 

							
	 ARTICLE VIII. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	73	  
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	73	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	73	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	73	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	74	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	75	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	Repayment to Company	  	 	76	  
	 Section 8.07
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	76	  
		
	 ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	76	  
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	76	  
	 Section 9.02
	 	With Consent of Holders	  	 	77	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	79	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	79	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	79	  
	 Section 9.06
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	79	  
		
	 ARTICLE X. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	79	  
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	79	  
	 Section 10.02
	 	Deposited Cash and Government Securities	  	 	80	  
	 Section 10.03
	 	Repayment to Company	  	 	80	  
	 Section 10.04
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	81	  
		
	 ARTICLE XI. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	Guarantee	  	 	81	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	Subordination on Guarantor Liability	  	 	82	  
	 Section 11.03
	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.04
	 	Releases of Subsidiary Guarantee	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.05
	 	Additional Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	84	  
		
	 ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	85	  
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	85	  
	 Section 12.02
	 	Notices	  	 	85	  
	 Section 12.03
	 	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	  	 	86	  
	 Section 12.04
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	86	  
	 Section 12.05
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	86	  
	 Section 12.06
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	87	  
	 Section 12.07
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	87	  
	 Section 12.08
	 	Governing Law	  	 	87	  

  
 iii 

							
	 Section 12.09
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	87	  
	 Section 12.10
	 	Successors	  	 	87	  
	 Section 12.11
	 	Severability	  	 	87	  
	 Section 12.12
	 	Counterpart Originals	  	 	87	  
	 Section 12.13
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	88	  
	 Section 12.14
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	88	  
	 Section 12.15
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	88	  
	 Section 12.16
	 	U.S.A. Patriot Act	  	 	88	  

  
 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	310(a)(1)	  	7.10
	(a)(2)	  	7.10
	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
	(a)(5)	  	7.10
	(b)	  	7.10; 7.03
	(c)	  	N.A.
	311(a)	  	7.11
	(b)	  	7.11
	(c)	  	N.A.
	312(a)	  	2.07
	(b)	  	12.03
	(c)	  	12.03
	313(a)	  	7.06
	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
	(b)(2)	  	7.06, 7.07
	(c)	  	7.06, 12.02
	(d)	  	7.06
	314(a)	  	4.03, 4.04, 12.05
	(b)	  	N.A.
	(c)(1)	  	12.04
	(c)(2)	  	12.04
	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
	(d)	  	N.A.
	(e)	  	12.05
	(f)	  	N.A.
	315(a)	  	7.01
	(b)	  	7.05, 12.02
	(c)	  	7.01
	(d)	  	7.01
	(e)	  	6.11
	316(a) (last sentence)	  	2.11
	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
	(b)	  	6.07
	(c)	  	12.02
	317(a)(1)	  	6.08
	(a)(2)	  	6.09
	(b)	  	2.06
	318(a)	  	12.01
	(b)	  	N.A.
	(c)	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable 
  

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture 

  
 v 

 INDENTURE, dated as of January 22, 2014, between Parker Drilling Company, a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), the subsidiary guarantors from time to time parties hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (the
“Trustee”). 
 The parties listed above agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of
the Holders of the 6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Initial Notes”) and the 6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 if and when issued in the Exchange Offer (the “New Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”).

 ARTICLE I. 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means one or more global notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will represent the aggregate principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such
other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of
this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Custodian, Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: (i) 1.0% of the principal amount
of the Note; or (ii) the excess of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of the Note at January 15, 2018 plus (B) all required interest payments due on the Note through January 15,
2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of the Note. 

 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, redemption, tender,
transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such payment, redemption, tender, transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights including by means of a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.15 and/or
Section 5.01 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof, and (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries (other than directors’
qualifying shares). Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: (i) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a fair market value of less than $10.0
million, (ii) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) the sale or
lease of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, services or other assets in the ordinary course of business or the sale of inventory to any joint venture, in which the Company owns directly or indirectly at least 50% of the Equity Interests, for
resale by such joint venture to its customers in the ordinary course of business of its business, (v) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents, (vi) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof or a
Permitted Investment, (vii) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, (viii) the sale of a rig built by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of sale to a customer where the sale proceeds are recorded in
the Company’s consolidated financial statements as operating income in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, (ix) sales or other dispositions of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets
that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are either (A) no longer used or (B) no longer useful in the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of one or more drilling rigs for one or more other drilling rigs owned or held by another Person, provided that (A) the fair market value of the drilling rig or rigs traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
(including any cash or Cash Equivalents to be delivered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary) is reasonably equivalent to the fair market value of the drilling rig or rigs (together with any cash or Cash Equivalents) to be received by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) such exchange is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company, (xi) any transfer by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to its customers of
drill pipe, tools and associated drilling equipment utilized in connection with a drilling contract for the employment of a drilling rig in the ordinary course of business, (xii) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the patents,
trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not materially interfering with the business of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, (xiii) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind, (xiv) sales or transfers of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries,
(xv) voluntary termination of any Hedging Obligations, and (xvi) transfers of property subject to casualty and condemnation proceedings. 

  
 2 

 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time
of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may,
at the option of the lessor, be extended). Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in
calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such
“person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and
“Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings. 
 “Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to a corporation,
the board of directors of the corporation, (ii) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership, and (iii) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function. 
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are
authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Stock” means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business
entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Cash Equivalents” means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by
the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from
the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank
deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement (or any affiliate of such lender party meeting such requirements) or with any commercial bank organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the Organization

  
 3 

 
for Economic Cooperation and Development (or any affiliate of such commercial bank meeting such requirements), having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch
Rating of “B” or better; (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above, (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing
within 270 days after the date of acquisition and (vi) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as
such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), (ii) the adoption of a plan by the stockholders of the Company relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (iii) the consummation of any transaction
(including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than
50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, or (iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. 

“Company” means Parker Drilling Company and any and all successors thereto. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for
such period plus (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
(iii) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations incurred with respect to Indebtedness, to
the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (iv) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior
period) and other non-cash expenses (including impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” but excluding any such non-cash expense to
the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior 

  
 4 

 
period) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
plus (v) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of loss or expense; minus (vi) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or revenue; minus (vii) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for
such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts in clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (v) and
(vi) relating to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was
included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be paid as a dividend to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (that
has not been obtained) and by operation of the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the
equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Guarantor will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders, and (iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets” means the amount which would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” on a consolidated balance sheet less all goodwill, patents, tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization
expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible assets, less the aggregate amount of current liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet. 

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was
a member of such Board of Directors on the date Notes are first issued under this Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of
the Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the
address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice in writing to the Holders and the Company or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other
address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 

  
 5 

 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as
of December 14, 2012, as amended, by and among the Company, the several banks and other financial institutions and agents or entities from time to time parties thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments
and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. 

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper
facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow
from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed,
refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original lender or lenders or another lender or lenders and whether provided under the original Credit Agreement or any other credit or other
agreement or indenture). 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor
entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note that is not a Global Note registered in the name of the Holder
thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.08 hereof, in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, The
Depository Trust Company and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or
for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the
option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock
solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital
Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions prior to compliance by the Company with the Change of Control Offer and Asset Sale Offer and unless such repurchase or redemption complies
with Section 4.07 hereof. 

  
 6 

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to
acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity
Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a primary basis by the Company after the date Notes are first issued. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (or its successor), as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.08(f) hereof. 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related
Prospectus. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any other
Permitted Debt) in existence on the date Notes are first issued, until such amounts are repaid. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with
respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation,
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed
interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging
Obligations incurred with respect to Indebtedness; plus (ii) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another
Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus (iv) the product of
(a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in
Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined
federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding 

  
 7 

 
the foregoing, if any lease or other liability is reclassified as Indebtedness or as a Capital Lease Obligation due to a change in accounting principles after the Issue Date, the interest
component of all payments associated with such lease or other liability shall be excluded from Fixed Charges. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. If the specified Person or any
of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the
commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made occurs (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the
use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period. In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: (i) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be
given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of such period including any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial officer of
the Company (regardless of whether those expense and cost reductions could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC
related thereto); provided that, at the election of the Company, pro forma effect need not be given to any acquisition referred to in the foregoing clause (i) involving consideration of $15.0 million or less; (ii) the Consolidated Cash
Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; (iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; (iv) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified
Person at all times during such four-quarter period; (v) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person at any time
during such four-quarter period; (vi) if any Indebtedness to which pro forma effect is being given bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date
had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months); and
(vii) interest income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents
exist on the Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, will be included. 

  
 8 

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized under the laws
of a jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date the Notes are first issued. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.08(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes
issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Note and the
Unrestricted Global Note, in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Sections 2.03 and 2.08 hereof. 
 “Government
Securities” means (i) direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and
(ii) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Government Securities of the kinds described in clause (i) of this definition. 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect of all or any part of any Indebtedness in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof. 

“Guarantors” means each of (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that executes this Indenture or a supplemental indenture providing a
Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; and (ii) their respective successors and assigns; provided, that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above will cease to constitute a Guarantor when its
respective Subsidiary Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of Section 11.04. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means,
with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person incurred under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; (ii) foreign exchange contracts and currency
protection agreements; (iii) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangements and (iv) other similar agreements or arrangement. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent (i) in respect of
borrowed money; (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; (iii) representing reimbursement obligations in respect of 

  
 9 

 
banker’s acceptances or letters of credit or similar instruments; (iv) representing Capital Lease Obligations; (v) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase
price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or (vi) representing the net obligations of such Person under any Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any
time to the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time), if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than Hedging Obligations) would appear as a
liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (i) all Indebtedness of others to the extent secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person
(whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the fair market value of any asset subject to such Lien securing such Indebtedness of others on the date of determination and
(b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured and (ii) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the reclassification
of any lease or other liability as indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles after the Issue Date be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Indenture. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date
will be (i) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30
days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Notes” is defined in the preamble hereto. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays
Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., RBS Securities Inc., Global Hunter Securities, LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Natixis Securities Americas LLC. 

“Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note and, if applicable, any Additional Notes. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including
Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding (x) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business and
(y) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities,
together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect
Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or 

  
 10 

 
disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair
market value of the Equity Interests of and other Investments in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person
in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. 

“Issue Date” means the date the Initial Notes are issued. 

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures,
to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect
of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP
and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not loss), other than gains associated with reimbursements for lost or damaged tools in the ordinary course of business, together with any
related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and (ii) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss). 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any
Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case after taking into account any available tax credits
or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, any amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Senior Debt secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the
sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
 “New Notes” is defined in the preamble hereto. 

  
 11 

 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the Company nor any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise), or
(c) is the lender; (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both)
any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its
stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble hereto. 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and
other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereof. 
 “Offering
Memorandum” means that certain Offering Memorandum of the Company, dated January 7, 2014, relating to the initial offer and issuance of the Notes. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be
the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof to the extent required. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof to the extent
required. Such counsel may be an employee of or internal or other counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or other counsel acceptable to the Trustee. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary,
Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Business” means the lines of business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any
business incidental or reasonably related thereto or which is a reasonable extension thereof as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. 

  
 12 

 “Permitted Investments” means (i) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (iii) any Investment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company; or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) any
Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; (v) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (vi) any Investments received (a) in satisfaction of judgments or in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business,
including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to
any secured Investment in default; (vii) guarantees (including Subsidiary Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; (viii) Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof;
(ix) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; (x) loans or
advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding; (xi) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value
(measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xi) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the
greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company determined at the time of such Investment. 

“Permitted Liens” means: (i) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under any Credit Facility permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture; (ii) Liens securing the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees; (iii) Liens existing on the date Notes are first issued; (iv) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; (v) Liens to secure
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors; provided that the Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; (vi) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with
or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or otherwise becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation
or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person; (vii) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than such acquired property; (viii) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease
Obligations) permitted by clause (iv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness; (ix) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness
that was previously so secured; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or distributions in respect thereof) that secured or, under the written arrangements under
which the original Lien arose, could secure the Indebtedness being refinanced; (x) Liens on assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of 

  
 13 

 
Unrestricted Subsidiaries; (xi) Liens securing Hedging Obligations or Treasury Management Arrangements related to Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture; (xii) Liens to secure the
performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (xiii) Liens in respect of property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
imposed by law or contract, which were not incurred or created to secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, workmen’s, suppliers’, repairmen’s,
mechanics’, maritime and salvage Liens and other Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (xiv) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the payment or performance of tenders, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, government contracts and leases,
performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (xv) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may
have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired; (xvi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods of
any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (xvii) Liens securing
reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit that encumber documents and other property or assets relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; (xviii) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure
obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off; (xix) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
claims that are not yet delinquent for more than 60 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in
conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; (xx) Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings; and (xxi) Liens with respect to obligations that do not exceed $30.0 million at
any one time outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Liens” will not include any Lien described in clause (vi), (vii) or (viii) above to the extent such Lien applies to any Additional Assets acquired directly or
indirectly from Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof. For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” will be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: (i) the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on
the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a

  
 14 

 
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
(iii) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms
at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred
either by (a) the Company or a Guarantor or (b) by the Subsidiary that is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.08(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is declared
effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the
Guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representatives of the Initial Purchasers, as such
agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for registered Notes, under the Securities Act.

 “Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of New Notes pursuant
to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, (i) that is filed pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement and
(ii) including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record
Date” on the face of the Note. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

  
 15 

 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing
the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in
reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee, means the officer in the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and, for the purposes of Section 7.01(c)(2) and 7.05 shall also mean any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter
is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject matter. 
 “Restricted Definitive
Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing
the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Debt” means (i) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under Credit Facilities and
all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto; (ii) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred
expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and (iii) all Obligations with respect to the items in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include (i) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company; (ii) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the Company or
any of its Affiliates; (iii) any trade payables; or (iv) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 

  
 16 

 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof; provided that all Unrestricted Subsidiaries will be excluded from all
calculations under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X. 
 “Specified Amount” means, as of any date, the Consolidated Cash Flow of the
Company for the most recently ended four-quarter period for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or Asset Sales made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries from the beginning of such four-quarter period through and including such date of determination (including any related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the
date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal
prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means with respect to any specified Person
(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers
or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (ii) any
partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any
combination thereof). 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means any Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Company’s payment Obligations under
this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date, and as amended to the extent required by law. 
 “Transfer
Restricted Securities” means each Note, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Note has been exchanged by a person other than a Broker-Dealer for an Exchange Note in the Exchange Offer, (b) following the exchange by
a Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer of such Note for one or more Exchange Notes, the date on which such Exchange Notes are sold to a purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (c) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (d) the date on which
such Note is eligible to be distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 

  
 17 

 “Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement governing
the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox,
account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as
of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of the earlier of (i) such redemption date or (ii) the date on which such Notes are defeased or satisfied and discharged (such earlier date, the “Determination Date”), of the most
recently issued United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such
Determination Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Determination Date to January 15, 2018; provided, however, that if the
period from the Determination Date to January 15, 2018, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. Any such Treasury Rate shall
be obtained by the Company. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted
Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend
and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (i) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (ii) except as permitted by Section 4.11
hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; (iii) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any
direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
(iv) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted 

  
 18 

 
Subsidiaries. Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by providing to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the
Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted under Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to
be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors
of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning
of the four-quarter reference period and (2) no Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 “U.S. Person”
means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(a) under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the
Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors (or comparable body) of such Person. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Guarantor
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including
payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment in respect of the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Guarantor by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will
elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
 Section
1.02 Other Definitions. 
 Defined in 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Section	 
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	 	2.01	  
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Asset Sale Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Asset Sale Payment Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.04	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	  

  
 19 

					
	 Term
	  	Section	 
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.05	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	  
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	  
	 “New Guarantor”
	  	 	11.05	  
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Other Indebtedness”
	  	 	11.05	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.05	  
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.05	  
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	 	4.19	  
	 “Reporting Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	  

 Section 1.03 One Class of Securities. The Initial Notes, the New Notes and any Additional Notes shall
vote and consent together on all matters as one class and none of the Initial Notes, the New Notes or any Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. 

Section 1.04 Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference
in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company, the Guarantors and any successor obligor upon the Notes, and
the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.05 Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

  
 20 

 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor
sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE II. 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01
Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company may, subject to Section 4.09 hereof, issue additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) under this Indenture which will have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date other
than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, first payment of interest and rights under a related Registration Rights Agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in
exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the
Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes; and 

(c) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.08 hereof relating to Restricted
Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. 
 Section 2.02 Payments by Company by Wire Transfer. The Company shall make all
interest, premium, if any, and principal payments by wire transfer to any Holder who shall have given written directions to the Company to make such payments by wire transfer pursuant to the wire transfer instructions supplied to the Company by such
Holder. 
 Section 2.03 Form and Dating. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication. 

  
 21 

 (a) Global Notes. 

Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any
endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, as required by
Section 2.08 hereof. 
 (b) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. 

The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear”
and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through
Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.04 Execution and Authentication. An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual,
electronically transmitted or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a
Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee shall, upon a
written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes
outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.09 hereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an
authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 

  
 22 

 Section 2.05 Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency
where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange and shall appoint an agent for such purposes (“Registrar”). In addition, the Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment and
shall appoint an agent for such purposes (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The
term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee
in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with
respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian
with respect to the Global Notes. The Company has designated the office of The Bank of New York Mellon, acting on behalf (and for the benefit) of the Trustee, located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286, as its office
where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes may be served. 

Section 2.06 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in
writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee
of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held
by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.07 Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available
to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 

Section 2.08 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a
whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the 

  
 23 

 
Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if
(i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the 

Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary,
(ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee or (iii) there shall have occurred and
be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.
Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.09 and 2.12 hereof. Except as specified above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion
thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.08 or Sections 2.09 or 2.12 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.08(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.08(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those
set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private
Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser or a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be required by Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.08(b)(i). 
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.08(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a
Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in

  
 24 

 
an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the
Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) if permitted under Section 2.08(a) hereof, (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information
regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer
by the Company in accordance with Section 2.08(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.08(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal
delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise
applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.08(h) hereof. 

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.08(b)(ii) above
and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in
the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.08(b)(ii) above and: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and
the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, 

  
 25 

 
in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable
Procedures as may be required by the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, or the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in
form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or
(D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 

(v) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes Prohibited. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. 

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.08(a)
hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

  
 26 

 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.08(h) hereof, and
the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal
amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.08(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations
as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names
such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.08(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all
restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding Sections 2.08(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior 

  
 27 

 
to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in
the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.08(a)
hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in
accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

 (C) such transfer is effected by a participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in
form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this
Section 2.08(c)(iii), the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted
Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount, and the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.08(h) hereof. 

  
 28 

 (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.08(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.08(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount
of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.08(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.08(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the
Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to
this Section 2.08(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial
Interests in Global Notes. 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any
Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such
Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive
Note is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

  
 29 

 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall
cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and
in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial
Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

 (C) such transfer is effected by a participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 30 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.08(d)(ii),
the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global
Notes. 
 (iv) Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
Prohibited. An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note. 

(v) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s
compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.08(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the
Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by such Holder’s attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this
 Section 2.08(e). 

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and
registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

  
 31 

 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by
the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and
the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal; 

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange
or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of Section 2.08(e)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted
Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted
Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

  
 32 

 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A
Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the
Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an
Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the applicable Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that make any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal or are deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certifications and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently
with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons
designated by the Holders of Unrestricted Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (g)
Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(i) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form. 
 THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE RE-OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED,
ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY
NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS

  
 33 

 
THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING ITS NOTE IN AN
“OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO (X) THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(B) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) OR THE LAST DAY ON WHICH PARKER DRILLING COMPANY (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY
WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT
(A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS
A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED THAT THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND THE REGISTRAR SHALL
HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING
CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATION OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THIS TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(iii),
(c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.08 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 34 

 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS
NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY ANY SUCH NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR NOMINEE OF A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY, OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A
NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. TRANSFERS OF THE GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO., OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF
THE GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has
been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.13 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such
Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order. 

  
 35 

 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a
Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other
than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.12, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05). 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole
or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes
issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or
Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (v) The Registrar shall not be required
(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of
business on the day of selection or (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(vi) The Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute
owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04
hereof. 
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant
to this Section 2.08 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted electronically or by facsimile. 

(ix) The Company has entered into a letter of representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Depositary and the
Trustee is hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter and Applicable Procedures. 
 (x) Neither the Trustee nor
the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor the Company’s compliance with or have any responsibility with respect to compliance with any federal or state securities laws in connection with registrations of transfers and exchanges of the Notes.
Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any
interest in any Notes (including any transfers between or among the Depositary’s 

  
 36 

 
participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation, as is expressly required by, and to do so if and
when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture or the Notes and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

(xi) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have the responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. The
Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners 

Section 2.09 Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to
its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the
Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may
suffer if a Note is replaced. Each of the Company and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note
issued in accordance with this Section 2.09 is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.10 Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth
in Section 2.11 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for
purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless
the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any
Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying
Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer
outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.11 Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, 
 waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so
owned shall be so disregarded. 

  
 37 

 Section 2.12 Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for
delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly
issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.13 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The
Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment,
replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.14 Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on
the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the
Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such
special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the
written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 Section 2.15 CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if
so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained
in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 

  
 38 

 ARTICLE III. 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount and CUSIP number of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price (or manner of calculation if not then known). Any redemption may be
cancelled by the Company upon written notice to the Trustee at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase
at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased among the Holders of the Notes on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes issued in global form as discussed under Section 2.03 hereof, based on a method as DTC or
its nominee or successor may require or, where such nominee or successor is the Trustee, a method that most nearly approximates pro rata selection as the Trustee considers fair and appropriate unless otherwise required by law) unless otherwise
required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless
otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a
redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge pursuant to Article 10 hereof. 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any Definitive Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected
for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of
Notes called for redemption, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge pursuant to Article 10
hereof. Notices of redemption may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering. If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company shall provide written notice to
the Trustee prior to the close of business two Business Days prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded and the redemption of the Notes shall not occur. Upon receipt, the Trustee shall
provide such notice to each holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of
Redemption. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail (or send electronically or cause to be sent
electronically if DTC is the recipient), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 

  
 39 

 The notice shall identify the Notes (including CUSIP numbers) to be redeemed, any conditions
precedent in reasonable detail, and shall state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 

(b) the redemption price (or manner of calculation if not then known); 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date
upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after
the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are
being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such
notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name
and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 60 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee
give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed or sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof,
Notes called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to redemption specified in the notice of redemption. A notice of redemption may be
subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering. If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee prior to the close of
business two Business Days prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded and the redemption of the Notes shall not occur. Upon receipt, the Trustee shall provide such notice to each holder of
the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given. 

  
 40 

 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. One Business Day prior to any redemption date,
the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and, if applicable, accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the
Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name
such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph,
interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company
shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the Company shall not have
the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to January 15, 2018. On or after January 15, 2018, the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on
January 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.375	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.688	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to January 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or
more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 106.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with an amount of cash not to exceed the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes
Additional Notes, if any) issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding the Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and (ii) any such redemption shall occur within 120 days of the date of
the closing of any such Equity Offering. 

  
 41 

 At any time prior to January 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem
all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

(d) If the optional redemption date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the
Company. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.15, the Company shall not be required to
make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess
Proceeds. If, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business
Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Sale Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period (the “Asset Sale Payment
Date”), the Company shall apply all Excess Proceeds to purchase the principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the
Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are
made. 
 If the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued
and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to
the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 

  
 42 

 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and
Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the
Asset Sale Payment Date; 
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to
accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may
only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased; 
 (f) that Holders electing
to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment Date; 

(g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,
not later than the expiration of the Asset Sale Offer Period, facsimile or electronic transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds
the Offer Amount or less than all of the Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer are accepted for payment by the Company for any reason consistent with this Indenture, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis
(with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and 

(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); provided that each such Note will be issued in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral amount of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

On or before the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered or less than all of the Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset
Sale Offer are accepted for payment by the Company for any reason consistent with this Indenture, all Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered or accepted, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such
Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of 

  
 43 

 
this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three Business Days after the termination of the Asset
Sale Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the
Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entity) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, if any. Any
Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Payment Date. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE IV. 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01
Payment of Notes. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent or Trustee, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company
in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due. If the maturity date, Interest Payment Date or any other payment date of the Notes falls
on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date such payment was due, and no interest will accrue on such payment for the
period from and after the maturity date to the date of such payment on the next succeeding Business Day. 
 The Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; if applicable, it shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Additional Interest will be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes. If Additional Interest is payable on the Notes, the Company shall provide an Officers’
Certificate to the Trustee on or before the record date for each Interest Payment Date such Additional Interest is payable setting forth the accrual period and the amount of such Additional Interest in reasonable detail. The Trustee may provide a
copy of such Officers’ Certificate or other notice received from the Company relating to Additional Interest to any Holder upon request. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such a
certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable. If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment. 

  
 44 

 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the
Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.05. 
 Section 4.03 Reports. (a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of
the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and the Trustee (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and (ii) all current reports that would be required to
be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations that are then applicable to the Company (or, if the Company is not subject
to such reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, then within those time periods for filing as are applicable to a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” as defined in such rules and regulations), taking into account any extension of
time, deemed filing date or safe harbor contemplated or provided for by Rule 12b-25, Rule 13a-11(c) or Rule 15d-11(c) under the Exchange Act or successor provisions. The Company will be deemed to have furnished such information and reports to the
Trustee and the Holders of Notes if it has filed such information and reports with the SEC using the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system (or any successor system) and such information and reports
are publicly available or, if the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings reason, if the Company posts such information and reports on its website within the time periods specified above. In addition, following the consummation of an Exchange
Offer, whether or not the Company is then subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) with the SEC for public
availability within the time periods specified above (unless the SEC 

  
 45 

 
will not accept such a filing). The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). The Company shall notify the Trustee in the manner prescribed herein of each such annual and
quarterly filing. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to access the EDGAR system for purposes of retrieving the financial information so filed. Compliance with the foregoing shall constitute delivery by the Company of its financial
information to the Trustee and the Holders in compliance with the provisions of TIA § 314(a). The Trustee shall have no duty to search for, monitor or obtain any electronic or other filings that the Company makes with the SEC, regardless of
whether such filings are periodic, supplemental or otherwise. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of
any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officers’
Certificates). 
 (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, to the extent the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting
requirements of the SEC, the Company and the Guarantors shall also furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Reporting Default in respect of a failure to deliver a current
report described under Section 4.03(a)(ii) hereof shall be deemed to have occurred until 45 days after the date such report is required to be provided under this covenant, and any Reporting Default shall be automatically cured when the Company
provides the required information and reports to the Trustee and the Holders or files the required information and reports with the SEC, as applicable. 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal
year, a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company (which certificate need not constitute an Officers’ Certificate), stating that a review of the activities
of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this
Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or
she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the
principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

(b) [Reserved]. 

  
 46 

 (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default
and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes. The Company shall pay, and
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not
adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in their capacity as such (other than dividends or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; (iii) make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem,
defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, except a payment of principal within six months of or at the
Stated Maturity thereof; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time
of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and 
 (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and 

  
 47 

 (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments
made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after October 1, 2013 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii) through (x) of the next succeeding paragraph) is less than, at the date of determination, the sum,
without duplication, of (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2013 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal
financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus (B) 100% of (a) the aggregate net cash proceeds and (b) the
fair market value of (x) marketable securities (other than marketable securities of the Company) and (y) any Permitted Business or assets used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company received by the Company since October 1, 2013 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the
issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or
debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after October 1, 2013 is sold for cash or otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of
(i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, including without limitation repayment of principal of any Restricted Investment constituting a loan or advance (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the
initial amount of such Restricted Investment, plus (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after October 1, 2013, the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the
Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) the aggregate fair market value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary and all Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary that were treated as Restricted Payments since such designation, in each case as of the date of such Investment. 

The preceding provisions shall not prohibit: (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable
redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment or distribution would have
complied with the provisions of this Indenture; (ii) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of
the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be
excluded from clause (c)(B) of the preceding paragraph and clause (v) of this paragraph; (iii) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Guarantor
with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; (iv) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a

  
 48 

 
pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary than to the other holders; (v) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any existing or former officer, director or employee (or
their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of the Company (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price
paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed (a) $10.0 million during any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to the next succeeding calendar year but not
any subsequent years); plus (b) the amount of any net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from the issuance and sale after October 1, 2013 of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary to its officers, directors or employees that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (v); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such
Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (c)(B) of the preceding paragraph and clause (ii) of this paragraph; plus (c) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies that have not been applied to the
payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (v); (vi) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;
(vii) (a) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests in connection with the exercise or conversion of stock options, warrants, rights to acquire Equity Interests or other
convertible securities or stock appreciation rights, to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price therefor and (b) any repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests in
connection with the satisfaction of withholding tax obligations; (viii) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Equity Interests upon the exercise or conversion of securities exercisable or convertible into Equity
Interests of the Company; (ix) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to any Subsidiary Guarantee (a) at a purchase price not
greater than 101.0% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.15 hereof or (b) at a purchase price not greater than 100.0% of the principal amount of
such Indebtedness in the event of an Asset Sale in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.10 hereof; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company
(or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, with respect to the Notes as a result of such Change of Control or Asset Sale, as applicable, and has completed the
repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable; and (x) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million and (b) 3.0% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company determined as
of the date of such Restricted Payment. 

  
 49 

 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date
of the Restricted Payment (or, in the case of a dividend, on the date of declaration thereof) of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Restricted Payment. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this “Restricted Payments” covenant, if a Restricted Payment
meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in the preceding clauses (i)—(x), the Company will be permitted to divide or classify (or later divide, classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its
sole discretion) such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07. 
 For purposes of determining compliance
with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on Restricted Payments denominated in a foreign currency, the U.S. dollar-equivalent amount of such Restricted Payment shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the
date that such Restricted Payment was made. 
 The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first or second paragraph of this Section 4.07, as determined by
the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may redesignate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other
Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. However, the preceding restrictions
will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date, as determined by the Company in its reasonable and good faith judgment, (2) this Indenture,
the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any court or governmental authority; (4) agreements or instruments with respect to a Person acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition or as may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (so long as the encumbrances and restrictions in any
such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, extension, supplement, 

  
 50 

 
refunding, replacement or refinancing are, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the
acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of agreements or
instruments governing Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; (5) customary non-assignment provisions in any contract, license or lease entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (iii) of this Section 4.08; (7) any
agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that imposes restrictions of the nature described in clauses (i) and/or (iii) of this Section 4.08; (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the
encumbrances or restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, as
determined by the Company in its reasonable and good faith judgment; (9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets
subject to such Liens; (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into (a) in the
ordinary course of business or (b) with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net
worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; (12) any encumbrance or restrictions existing under Hedging Obligations permitted under this Indenture; (13) any agreement
or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisition;
(14) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof if either (a) the
encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such Indebtedness or agreement or (b) the Company determines in good faith that any such encumbrance or restriction
will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes; and (15) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing the Indebtedness. 
 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,
with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock;
provided, however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt and, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the issuance of preferred stock) and the Company may issue Disqualified Stock, if the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the 

  
 51 

 
Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred
or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 The first
paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or issuances of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as applicable (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(i) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness and letters of credit under one or more Credit
Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (i) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries
thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (a) $250.0 million and (b) 25.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, determined at the time of incurrence; 

(ii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness; 

(iii) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date and
the related Subsidiary Guarantees, and the Exchange Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the registration rights agreement; 

(iv) the incurrence by the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction, design, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment
used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(iv), not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, determined at the time of incurrence on a pro forma basis to give effect to the assets
purchased, constructed, installed or improved; 
 (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, defease, discharge or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) or preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary,
in each case that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (xiii), (xiv) or (xviii) of this paragraph; 

  
 52 

 (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that: (a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on any such Indebtedness that is owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and
(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any
such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that
was not permitted by this clause (vi); 
 (vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (viii) the Guarantee by the
Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is subordinated in right
of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, then the Guarantee of that Indebtedness by the Company or the Guarantor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be; 

(ix) the incurrence by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt; provided that if any such
Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (ix); 

(x) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’
compensation claims, public liability insurance, unemployment insurance, property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, or customs, completion, advance payment, performance, bid performance, appeal
or surety bonds and other similar obligations in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting the foregoing; 

(xi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
(except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; 

(xii) Indebtedness represented by agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification,
adjustment of purchase price, earn outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition 

  
 53 

 
of any business, assets or Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the
gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 

(xiii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was
acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able to incur $1.00
of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xiii); 

(xiv) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv), not to exceed 15% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries, determined at the time of
incurrence; 
 (xv) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock (as
of the date of such sale or transfer) by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (xv); 
 (xvi)
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in ordinary course supply arrangements; 

(xvii) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Treasury Management Arrangements; and

 (xviii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii), in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined at the time of incurrence. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, if an item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) at any time meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xviii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company will be permitted to

  
 54 

 
classify (and later reclassify) in whole or in part, in its sole discretion such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities
outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Debt.

 The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest
on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock
in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in
each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Further, the reclassification of any lease or other liability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as Indebtedness due to a change in
accounting principles after the Issue Date will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. 
 For
purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness denominated in the same foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing,
the U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may incur pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

Section 4.10 Asset Sales. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate an Asset Sale
unless (i) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;
(ii) the fair market value is determined by (a) an executive officer of the Company if the value is less than $20.0 million and evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee or (b) the Company’s Board of
Directors if the value is $20.0 million or more and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee; and (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or any combination thereof. For purposes of this Section 4.10 each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the 

  
 55 

 
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability and (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion. 

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its option (i) to
repay, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire Senior Debt of the Company or any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of,
another Permitted Business; (iii) to make a capital expenditure in a Permitted Business; or (iv) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the
Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess
Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders and to the extent required, to all holders of other Indebtedness of
the Company that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (in
integral multiples of $1,000) and such other pari passu Indebtedness of the Company that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness to be purchased or the lesser amount required under agreements governing such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any
Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes issued in global form as discussed
under Section 2.03 hereof, based on a method as DTC or its nominee or successor may require or, where such nominee or successor is the Trustee, a method that most nearly approximates pro rata selection as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate
unless otherwise required by law). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 The
Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached
its obligations under this covenant by virtue of such compliance. 

  
 56 

 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless (i) such Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, no comparable transaction is available to compare to such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is nonetheless
fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million but no greater than $30.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.11 and
(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, the Company must obtain a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in
an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions: (i) any employment agreement, employee benefit
plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (ii) transactions between or among the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person,
(iv) payment of customary compensation to, and the provision of customary indemnity and other benefits on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) sales of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company, (vi) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 hereof, (vii) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or
otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements or stock option or stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors, (viii) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business, but in any event not to
exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time, (ix) indemnification agreements with, and payments made, to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to charter, bylaw,
statutory or contractual provisions, (x) the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the
Issue Date, and any amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions or renewals of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions or renewals are no more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, to the Holders of
the Notes than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and (xi) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the trustee a letter from an independent financial advisor
stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view. 

  
 57 

 Section 4.12 Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness (including Attributable Debt) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or
hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee, as
the case may be) with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
 Section 4.13
Line of Business. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent that the activity would not be material to the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.14 Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as
the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required
to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof
is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail
(or send electronically if DTC is the recipient) a notice to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) stating: (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted
for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (3) that any Note not
tendered will continue to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the
Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding 

  
 58 

 
the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day
preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile or electronic transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election
to have the Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to
$2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. 
 (b) On or before the Change of
Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount
equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating
the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered and not withdrawn the Change of Control Payment for such Notes (or, if all the Notes
are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of DTC), and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as
practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on
or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders
who tender in the Change of Control Offer. 
 The Company shall fix the Change of Control Payment Date no earlier than 30 days and no later
than 60 days after the Change of Control Offer is mailed as set forth above. Prior to complying with the provisions of the preceding sentence, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall either repay all of its
and its Subsidiaries’ outstanding Indebtedness or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing all such outstanding Indebtedness to the extent necessary to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this
Section 4.15. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption

  
 59 

 
price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of
Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 
 To the extent
that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
this Section 4.15, by virtue thereof. 
 Section 4.16 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if (i) the Company or that Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof, (ii) the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the property that is the subject of such sale and leaseback transaction and (iii) the transfer of assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. 
 Section 4.17 Payments for
Consent. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or
amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.18 Subsidiary Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness. No Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company may guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, including Indebtedness under any Credit Facility, unless such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a New Guarantor in accordance with Section 11.05 of this
Indenture. 
 Section 4.19 Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade. If on any date following the Issue Date:
(i) the Notes are rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s and BBB- or better by S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any
other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency); and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the covenants specifically listed in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.18, and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 of
this Indenture will be suspended. 

  
 60 

 During any period that the foregoing provisions of this Indenture have been suspended, the
Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Company shall provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any
covenant suspension or reinstatement date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of any covenant suspension or reinstatement date. The Trustee may provide a copy
of such Officers’ Certificate to any Holder of Notes upon request. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any subsequent date (the
“Reinstatement Date”), the Notes cease to maintain ratings of at least Baa3 and BBB- from Moody’s and S&P, respectively, the foregoing covenants will be reinstated as of and from the date of such rating decline, it being
understood, however, that no actions taken by (or omissions of) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the suspension period shall constitute a Default or Event of Default under the foregoing covenants. Calculations under the reinstated
Section 4.07 hereof will be made as if such Section 4.07 had been in effect since the Issue Date except that no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment made while that covenant
was suspended. 
 ARTICLE V. 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. The Company shall not, directly or indirectly consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless (i) either (a) the Company is the surviving
corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (or if such entity is not a corporation existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, a
co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under any such laws); (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii) immediately
after such transaction no Default exists; (iv) immediately after such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
either the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the surviving Person, as applicable, or of the Person
to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, would not be less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; and (v) the Company shall deliver, or cause to
be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition

  
 61 

 
complies with the requirements of this Indenture, and an opinion of counsel stating that the Notes, this Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable, constitute valid and binding
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to customary exceptions. 
 In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly,
lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. 
 Notwithstanding the
preceding clause (iv), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer or convey all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (b) the Company may merge with an
Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of organization of the Company to another state of the United States so long as the amount of the Company’s Indebtedness
and the Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon
any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the Person formed by such consolidation or
into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale,
lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to such Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with
the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the
Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE VI. 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section
6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due
of interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes; 
 (b) default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if
any, on the Notes; 
 (c) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 or
Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (d) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07,
4.09 or 4.10 hereof and continuance of this failure for 30 days after written notice of such failure is given by the Trustee or by Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to the Company and the
Trustee; 

  
 62 

 (e) (i) except with respect to the provisions described under Section 4.03 hereof, failure
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture and continuance of this failure for 60 days after written notice of such failure is given by the Trustee or by Holders representing 25%
or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to the Company and the Trustee, and (ii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.03 hereof (a “Reporting Default”) for 120 days after written notice of
such failure is given by the Trustee or Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to the Company and the Trustee; 

(f) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness
for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue
Date, if that default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment
Default”); or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more; provided, however, that if, prior to the acceleration of the Notes, any such default is cured or waived or any such
acceleration is rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration of such other Indebtedness, as the case may be,
such Event of Default shall be automatically rescinded and waived without any action by the Company, the Trustee or the Holders (so long as such rescission and waiver would not conflict with any judgment or decree); 

(g) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction
aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 

(h) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or
shall cease for any reason (other than in accordance with the terms of that Guarantee and this Indenture) to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under
its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
 (i) the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(i) commences a voluntary case, 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(iii) consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or similar official
of the Company under any Bankruptcy Law or for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (iv) makes a general assignment
for the benefit of its creditors, or 

  
 63 

 (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 

(j) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 (ii)
appoints any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or similar official of the Company under any Bankruptcy Law or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed
and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all
the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof
occurs with respect to the Company all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived and all amounts owing to the Trustee have been paid.

 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to
collect the payment of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences 

  
 64 

 
hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an
offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend
to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse
to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or
not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the
remedy; 
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
 A Holder of a
Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a
Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

  
 65 

 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company and the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium
on and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or the Guarantors (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its
creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and if the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends,
money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. The Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the
election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ committee or other similar committee. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on
behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10 Priorities. Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6, and after an Event of Default
any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s or Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, shall be paid or distributed in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including
payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

  
 66 

 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct in
writing. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE VII. 
 TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions which by any provision
hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee to determine whether or not they substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts
stated therein. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or
its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section; 

  
 67 

 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith
by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. 
 (e) No provision of this
Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder
shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall
not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall
not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of
Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in such document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee
shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be
authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this
Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

  
 68 

 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it
by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance
with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, or inquire as to the performance by the Company or the
Guarantors of any of their covenants in this Indenture, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry
or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such
inquiry or investigation. 
 (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice by
the Company or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice
references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including,
without limitation, its right to be compensated, reimbursed, indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, whether as Agent or otherwise, and to each agent, custodian and other Person
employed to act hereunder. 
 (j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of
individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person
specified as so authorized in any such certificates. 
 (k) Except in connection with Section 310 or 311 of the TIA, the Trustee will
only be charged with knowledge of its officers assigned to administer corporate trust matters with respect to this Indenture or to whom any matter concerning the Indenture may be referred. 

(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(m) The permissive rights or powers of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty of the Trustee.

 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

  
 69 

 
However, if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as defined in TIA Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as
trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of
this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other
document in connection with the sale of the Notes or the Offering Memorandum or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is charged with knowledge
thereof pursuant to Section 7.02(h) hereof, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium
on, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the
Notes. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. Within 60 days after each December 31 beginning with the
December 31 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no
event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. The Trustee shall also
transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be
mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed, if any, in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee if the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted
therefrom. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the
Trustee (including its officers, directors, employees and agents) from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The
Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by
it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

  
 70 

 The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their agents for,
and hold them harmless against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee)
incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or the Guarantors (including this
Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder,
except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense shall have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer receives written notice for which
it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate
counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(i) or (j) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy
Law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

“Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.07 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence or willful misconduct of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become
effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing
at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The
Company may remove the Trustee if: 

  
 71 

 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 (c) a receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or similar officer of the Company under any Bankruptcy Law or
public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the
expense of the Company), the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders
of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation that is eligible under Section 7.10, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation, bank or banking
association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

  
 72 

 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §
310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). There shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(i) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation
in other securities of the Company or any of the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(i) are met. 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

ARTICLE VIII. 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE
AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at the option of
its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below
in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect
to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to
have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections
of this Indenture referred to in (a) through (d) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute
proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund
described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the
Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and
(d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09,
4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof, clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof and Article XI hereof with 

  
 73 

 
respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter
be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and
Guarantees, the Company and any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein
to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply 

shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such
Notes and Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) through 6.01(h) shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or
Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, Additional
Interest, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption
date; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
in the United States confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will
be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the
United States confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 74 

 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, either (x) on the
date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
or (y) insofar as Sections 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) hereof is concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material
agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that
after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the
intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and 

(h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited
Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due
thereon in respect of principal, premium on, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent registered public accounting firm

  
 75 

 
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then
be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after
such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its written request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of
such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to
the Company. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or
non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,
then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to
apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE IX. 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
 (a) to cure
any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or
sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 

  
 76 

 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the
Notes, to secure the Notes, or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; 
 (e) to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof; 
 (f) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (g) to add any Restricted Subsidiary as an additional Guarantor as provided in
Section 11.05 hereof or to evidence the succession of another Person to any Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.03 hereof and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants and agreements of such Guarantor contained herein and in the
Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor; 
 (h) to release a Guarantor from its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee
pursuant to Section 11.04; and 
 (i) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of
the “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be verbatim recitation of a provision in this Indenture or the Notes, as certified to
the Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any
amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended
or supplemental Indenture that adversely affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02
With Consent of Holders. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes with the consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to
Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default
resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). Section 2.10 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of
this Section 9.02. 

  
 77 

 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing
the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights,
duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein,
shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may
waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect
to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions with respect to
the redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof; 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change
the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that
resulted from such acceleration); 
 (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of
principal of or premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
 (g) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with
respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof); 
 (h) make any change in the ranking or priority
of any Note that would adversely affect the Holder; 

  
 78 

 (i) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this
Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (j) make any change in the foregoing amendment, supplement and waiver
provisions. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall
be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect
of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of
revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver
on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to
this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company
approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04
hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE X. 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE 
 Section 10.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect,
except as to surviving rights of the Trustee under Section 7.07 of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(a) either: 
 (i)
all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and is thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation; or 

  
 79 

 (ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(A) have become due and payable or (B) will become due and payable within one year by reason of the transmitting of a notice of redemption or otherwise and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited
with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be
sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest
to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or
will occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 (c) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

(d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of
the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Section
10.02 Deposited Cash and Government Securities. Subject to Section 10.03 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for
purposes of this Section 10.02, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal,
premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 10.03 Repayment to Company. Any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or
then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, 

  
 80 

 
any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on
its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Section 10.04 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government
Securities in accordance with Sections 10.01 and 10.02, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Sections 10.01 and 10.02 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in
accordance with Sections 10.01 and 10.02 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement
of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE XI. 
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 Section 11.01 Guarantee. Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the
Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest
on the overdue principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed,
all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with
the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this Subsidiary Guarantee is a general unsecured obligation of such Guarantor and it is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

  
 81 

 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective
of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be
discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is
required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by the Company or a Guarantor
either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations
guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Section 11.02 Subordination on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that
it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law or federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or
the insolvency of debtors to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to
such maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  
 82 

 Section 11.03 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 11.04, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than
the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 
 (a) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default exists; and 

(b) either: 
 (i)
subject to Section 11.04 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) assumes all the obligations of
that Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture (including its Subsidiary Guarantee) and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or 

(ii) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture. 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or other disposition and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by
supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the
Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, any Guarantor may merge with another
Subsidiary that has no significant assets or liabilities and was incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating that Guarantor in another jurisdiction so long as the amount of the Company’s Indebtedness and the Indebtedness of the
Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased as a result of the merger. 
 Section 11.04 Releases of Subsidiary Guarantee. The Subsidiary
Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and the Guarantor will be relieved of any obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement: 

(a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or
consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; 

(b) in connection with any sale or other disposition of such amount of Capital Stock as would result in such Guarantor no longer being a
Subsidiary to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale complies with Section 4.10; 

  
 83 

 (c) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 4.07 of this Indenture; 
 (d) at such time as that Guarantor ceases
to guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor, except by, or as a result of, payment under such guarantee; or 
 (e)
upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article 8 of this Indenture or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 10 hereof. 

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel together to the effect that all
conditions precedent set forth in this Section 11.04 to the release of the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor
from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall
remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 

Section 11.05 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. If, after Issue Date, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor
(the “New Guarantor”) guarantees, assumes or otherwise becomes an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (the “Other Indebtedness”), then the New Guarantor shall, within ten Business Days of the
date of the New Guarantor’s guarantee or assumption of the Other Indebtedness, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall become a Guarantor and guarantee the obligations of the Company
under this Indenture and the Notes; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Subsidiary that has properly been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such
supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such New Guarantor, and that,
subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer or other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in
equity, and other customary exceptions, such New Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such New Guarantor. Upon the release, termination or satisfaction of the New Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or
assumption of the Other Indebtedness, the New Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall automatically be released and terminated. Upon request of the New Guarantor and compliance with the provisions of Section 11.04 hereof, the Trustee will
provide written evidence of such release and termination. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Restricted
Subsidiary shall be required to provide any Subsidiary Guarantee to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, the provision of such Subsidiary Guarantee would subject the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any adverse tax
consequence due to the application of Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto. 

  
 84 

 ARTICLE XII. 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01
Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 

Section 12.02 Notices. Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (which may
be via facsimile or electronic transmission) and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail. 
 If to the Company or any Guarantor:

 Parker Drilling Company 
 5
Greenway Plaza, Suite 100 
 Houston, Texas 77046 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Facsimile number: (281) 406-2001 

Telephone number: (281) 406-2000 

With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice): 

Baker Botts L.L.P. 
 One Shell
Plaza 
 910 Louisiana Street 

Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention:
Shalla Prichard 
 Facsimile number: (713) 229-2783 

If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 600 Travis Street, 16th Floor 

Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention:
Corporate Trust Officer 
 Facsimile number: (713) 483-6954 

The Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given when received. The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the
Company shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing designated persons authorized to provide such instructions, which incumbency certificate shall be amended whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the
Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions pursuant to this Indenture (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the

  
 85 

 
Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling in the absence of manifest error. Subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs
or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding whether such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. Subject to
Section 7.01, the Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting
on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be
mailed by first class mail to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or
communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a Holder of a
Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance
with Applicable Procedures. 
 The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action
by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture may be determined as provided for in TIA Section 316(c). 
 If the
Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03
Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else
shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request
or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an
Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants,
if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 or TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 

  
 86 

 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The
Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07 No Personal
Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 Section 12.08 Governing Law. THE
INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE. 
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of
Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture. 
 Section 12.10 Successors. All agreements of the Company and Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 Section 12.11 Severability. In case any
provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties
hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

  
 87 

 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference
Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 Section 12.14 Force Majeure. In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of
its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 Section 12.15 Waiver of Jury
Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS INDENTURE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. 
 Section 12.16
U.S.A. Patriot Act. The Trustee hereby notifies the Company and the Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is
required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company and the Guarantors, which information includes the name and address of the Company and the Guarantors and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the
Company and the Guarantors in accordance with the Act. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 88 

 SIGNATURES 

Dated as of January 22, 2014 
  

			
	PARKER DRILLING COMPANY
		
	By:	 	   /s/ David W. Tucker

		 	  Name: David W. Tucker
		 	  Title: Treasurer

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 
			
	 GUARANTORS:
  

ANACHORETA, INC.
 ITS RENTAL AND SALES, INC.

PARDRIL, INC.
 PARKER AVIATION, INC.

PARKER DRILLING ARCTIC
 OPERATING, INC.

PARKER DRILLING COMPANY NORTH AMERICA, INC.
 PARKER DRILLING
COMPANY OF
 NIGER
 PARKER DRILLING COMPANY OF OKLAHOMA,
INCORPORATED
 PARKER DRILLING COMPANY OF
 SOUTH AMERICA,
INC.
 PARKER DRILLING MANAGEMENT
 SERVICES, INC.

PARKER DRILLING OFFSHORE
 CORPORATION

PARKER DRILLING OFFSHORE USA,
 L.L.C.

PARKER NORTH AMERICA
 OPERATIONS, INC.

PARKER TECHNOLOGY, INC.
 PARKER TECHNOLOGY, L.L.C.

PARKER TOOLS, LLC
 PARKER-VSE, LLC

QUAIL USA, LLC

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jon Al Duplantier

		 	Name: Jon-Al Duplantier
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	QUAIL TOOLS, L.P.
	
	By: QUAIL USA, LLC, its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jon Al Duplantier

		 	Name: Jon-Al Duplantier
		 	Title: Vice President

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 
			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 TRUST
COMPANY, N.A.
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Julie H Ramos

		 	Name: Julie Hoffman-Ramos
		 	Title: Vice President

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 EXHIBIT A 

CUSIP 
 [Face of Note] 

6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 
  

			
	No. 001	  	Principal Amount $

 PARKER DRILLING COMPANY 

promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS
($                    ) or such other principal sum as shall be set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests attached hereto on
July 15, 2022. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15,
commencing                     , 
 Record Dates:
January 1 and July 1 
  

			
	 Dated:
  

PARKER DRILLING COMPANY

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 This is one of the Global Notes referred 

to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

 

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-1 

 [Back of Note] 

6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to
the provisions of the Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to
below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. Interest. Parker Drilling Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.750% per annum from the date hereof until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company
will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each such year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day.
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is
authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be
July 15, 2014. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of
the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from
time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the
Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as
provided in Section 2.14 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such
purpose within or without The City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and
provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, and premium on, the Global Note and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have
provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the paying agent on or prior to the applicable record date. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts. 

  
 A-2 

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among the
Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§
77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the
provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company initially in the aggregate principal amount of $360,000,000. Subject to compliance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture, the Company is
permitted to issue Additional Notes under the Indenture in an unlimited principal amount. Any such Additional Notes that are actually issued will be treated as issued and outstanding Notes (and as the same class as the initial Notes) for all
purposes of the Indenture, unless the context clearly indicated otherwise. 
 5. Optional Redemption. (a) Except as set forth in
subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to January 15, 2018. On or after January 15, 2018, the Company shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date,
if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.375	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.688	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to
January 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.750% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date with an amount of cash not to exceed the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and provided further, that any such
redemption shall occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 
 At any time prior to January 15,
2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable
Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

  
 A-3 

 6. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not
be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7. Repurchase at Option of Holder.
(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million,
the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders (as “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness of the Company that is pari passu with
the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redemptions with the proceeds of sales of assets, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an
amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the
extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture. If the aggregate amount of Notes and other indebtedness surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of notes issued in
global form as discussed under Section 2.03 of the Indenture, based on a method as DTC or its nominee or successor may require or, where such nominee or successor is the Trustee, a method that most nearly approximates pro rata selection as the
Trustee deems fair and appropriate unless otherwise required by law). Holders that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
 8. Notice of
Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be
redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

  
 A-4 

 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a
Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or
during the period between a Record Date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered
Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture
or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange
offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes, to secure the Notes, or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the
provisions set forth in the Indenture; to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, to add additional Guarantors as provided in the Indenture or to
evidence the succession of another Person to any Guarantor and the assumption by such Person of the covenants and agreements of such Guarantor under the Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee, to release a Guarantor from its obligations under the
Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Indenture, and to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes”
contained in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” was intended to be verbatim recitation of a provision in the Indenture or the Notes, as certified to the Trustee in an Officers’
Certificate . 
 12. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of
interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the
provisions of Section 4.15 or Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.09 or 4.10 of the Indenture and continuance of such
failure for 30 days after written notice of such failure is given by the Trustee or by Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to the 

  
 A-5 

 
Company and the Trustee; (v) (a) except with respect to the provisions described under Section 4.03 of the Indenture, failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture and continuance of this failure for 60 days after written notice of such failure is given by the Trustee or by Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
then outstanding to the Company and the Trustee, and (b) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions described under Section 4.03 of the Indenture for 120 days after written notice of such failure is given by the Trustee or
Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to the Company and the Trustee; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or
evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is
created after the Issue Date, if that default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such
default (a “Payment Default”); or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more; provided, however, that if, prior to the acceleration of the Notes, any such default is cured or
waived or any such acceleration is rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration of such other Indebtedness, as
the case may be, such Event of Default shall be automatically rescinded and waived without any action by the Company, the Trustee or the Holders (so long as such rescission and waiver would not conflict with any judgment or decree);
(vii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments
are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason (other than
in accordance with the terms of that Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture) to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and
payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture 

  
 A-6 

 
except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Additional Interest on or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

13. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

14. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid
until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations
may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN NET (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 17. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A-7 

 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Parker Drilling Company 

5 Greenway Plaza, Suite 100 
 Houston, Texas 77046 

Attention: General Counsel 

  
 A-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to 

(Insert assignee’s soc. or tax I.D. no.) 
 (Print or type
assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                         
                                         
                                   to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:
                     
  

			
	 Your
 Signature
	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee. 

(Participant in a Recognized Signature 
 Guarantee Medallion
Program) 

  
 A-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

  

									
		  	[    ] Section 4.10	  		  	[    ] Section 4.15	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $
                               

Date:                         

  

			
	Your Signature	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee. 

(Participant in a Recognized Signature 
 Guarantee Medallion
Program) 

  
 A-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE1 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another
Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized
officer of
Trustee or
Custodian

  

 

	1 	Insert this table only in a Global Note. 

  
 A-11 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Parker
Drilling Company 
 5 Greenway Plaza, Suite 100 
 Houston, Texas
77046 
 [Registrar address block] 
 Re:
6.750% Senior Notes Due 2022 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2014 (the “Indenture”),
among Parker Drilling Company, as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Indenture. 
                     ,
(the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$                    in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                    (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby
certifies that: 
 1.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for
its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies
that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the 

  
 B-1 

 
facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,
(ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an
Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

(a)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (b)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and
(ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in
the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

  
 B-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of
the Company. 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

Dated:                    ,
                     

  
 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

							
	1.	  	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
	
	[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
			
	(a)	  	 ̈	  	a beneficial interest in the :
				
		  	(i)	  	 ̈	  	144A Global Note (CUSIP), or
				
		  	(ii)	  	 ̈	  	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP), or
			
	(b)	  	 ̈	  	a Restricted Definitive Note.
		
	2.	  	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
	
	[CHECK ONE]
			
	(a)	  	 ̈	  	a beneficial interest in the:
				
		  	(i)	  	 ̈	  	144A Global Note (CUSIP), or
				
		  	(ii)	  	 ̈	  	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP), or
				
		  	(iii)	  	 ̈	  	Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP); or
			
	(b)	  	 ̈	  	a Restricted Definitive Note; or
			
	(c)	  	 ̈	  	an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Parker
Drilling Company 
 5 Greenway Plaza, Suite 100 
 Houston, Texas
77046 
 [Registrar address block]* 
 Re:
6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 

(CUSIP                    ) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Parker Drilling
Company, as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$                    in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 

1. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE 
 (a)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and
the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws
of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST
IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1 

 (c)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES 
 (a)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued
will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities 

  
 C-2 

 
Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

Dated:                     

  
 C-3EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

by and among 
 Parker Drilling
Company 
 the Guarantors 

listed herein 
 and 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 

Incorporated 
 Wells
Fargo Securities, LLC 
 Barclays Capital Inc. 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

Dated as of January 22, 2014 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 22, 2014, by and among Parker
Drilling Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A attached hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers listed on Schedule B attached hereto (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”),
each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Initial Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined
below). The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.” 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated January 7, 2014 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company,
the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial
Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth
in Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement. 
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 

Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest Payment Date. 

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust
companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed. 
 Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the
occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration
Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture
of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

 Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement pursuant to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related
Prospectus. 
 Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Securities to
certain “qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to certain institutional “accredited investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of
Regulation D under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 Exchange
Securities: The 6.750% Senior Notes due 2022, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Securities and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this
Agreement. 
 FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2014, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Initial Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement. 
 Initial Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities. 

  
 2 

 Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or
a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement,
as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to
an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included
therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security
is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security
has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement, and (c) the date on which such Initial Security is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for
reoffering to the public. 
 SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement. 

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted
Securities. 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 

  
 3 

 SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer. 

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in
Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission on or before the date that is 210 days after the Closing Date (or if such 210th day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective
within 260 days after the Closing Date (or if such 260th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be
necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in
connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to
permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof. 
 (b) The Company and the
Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable
federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 business days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall
cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on or before the date that is 300 days after the Closing Date (or if such 300th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 

(c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer
Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and
must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be
satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by
Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such
Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement. 

  
 4 

 Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by
Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the
Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer
required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 
 The Company shall provide sufficient
copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. 

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate
the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not
Consummated within 300 days after the Closing Date (or if such 300th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such Holder is prohibited by
applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its
affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall 
 (x) use commercially
reasonable efforts to file or cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration
Statement”), on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 120th day after the date on which the Company determines that it is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (or if such 120th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), (2) the 120th day after the date on which the Company receives notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities as
contemplated by clause (iii) above (or if such 120th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), and (3) the 300th day after the Closing Date (or if such 300th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day)
(such earliest date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to
Section 4(b) hereof; and 

  
 5 

 (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration
Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 390th day after the Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously
effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled
to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least
one year following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration
Statement). 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder
of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after
receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf
Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 

  
 6 

 SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) any of the Registration Statements
required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date
specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Effectiveness Target Date”), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 300 days after the Closing Date or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this
Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose for more than thirty days without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration
Statement that cures such failure and that is itself immediately declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the
Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days after the date of the Registration Default, which rate shall be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that
such liquidated damages continue to accrue, in each case until the Registration Default no longer exists; provided, however, that at no time shall the amount of liquidated damages accruing exceed in the aggregate 1.0% per annum.  

All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer
Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full. 

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures. 

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply
with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of
distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) If in the opinion of counsel to
the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and
the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Initial Securities. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially
unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis
prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such
submission. 
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation 

  
 7 

 
to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company,
(B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the
Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees
that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on
the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to
Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by
Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.

 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the
Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended
method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act,
which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the
sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors
shall: 
 (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and
provide all requisite financial statements including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence
of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during
the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration 

  
 8 

 
Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment
to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; 

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration
Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by
such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable
provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period
in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice
in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective,
(B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the
initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at
any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from
qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible
time; 
 (iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration
Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus
(including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such 

  
 9 

 
Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business
Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial Purchaser
of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within two Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation
of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed,
contains a material misstatement or omission; 
 (v) make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the
managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent
corporate documents of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all material information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney
or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent reasonably requested by
the managing underwriter(s), if any; 
 (vi) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any
Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without
limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price
being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the
Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
 (vii) furnish to each
Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and
schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
 (viii)
deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of
the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer
Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 

  
 10 

 (ix) enter into such other customary agreements (including, in the case of an
Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement) and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by
this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, any underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, each of the Company and
the Guarantors shall furnish to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in comparable underwritten offerings, upon the date
of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement: 
 (A) a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters
with respect to which certificates were delivered under the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 

(B) an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the
Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such parties may reasonably request (including customary statements with regard to negative assurance); and 

(C) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Company’s
independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with comparable underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set
forth in the comfort letters delivered for similar purposes; 
 (D) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the
underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 

(E) such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties. 

  
 11 

 If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the
Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(ix)(A) hereof cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such
Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing; 
 (x) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities,
cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such
jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement; provided, however, that none of the Company or the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the
service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 

(xi) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange
Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in
the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation; 

(xii) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the
underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s); 

(xiii) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement
or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted
Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; 

(xiv) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such
Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities
are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 

  
 12 

 (xv) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and
in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA; 

(xvi) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and
make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any
fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the
Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; and 
 (xvii) cause
the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect
such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents
that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any
fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of
the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional
or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such
Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such
Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and
including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided,
however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend
use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof. 

  
 13 

 SECTION 7. Registration Expenses. 

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the
Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial
Purchaser or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the reasonable fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses
of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger
and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in
connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the
Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 
 Each of the
Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees
and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors. 
 (b) In connection with any Registration
Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and
the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Latham & Watkins LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer
Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared. 
 SECTION 8. Indemnification.

 (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each
Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a
“controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter
be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of
all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, 

  
 14 

 
settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except
insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission (A) that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the
Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein or (B) that is included in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or document incorporated by reference
therein, which is used, relied upon or disseminated by any Holder or any underwriter for such Holder following the delivery of a notice by the Company to such Holder or any such underwriter pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(B), (C) or (D).
This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
 In case any
action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such
Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company
or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement except to the extent that the Company and the Guarantors have been materially prejudiced by such failure (through the forfeiture of substantive rights and defenses) and the Company and
the Guarantors will be entitled to participate in and, by written notice delivered to the Indemnified Holders promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such Indemnified Holders, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to a majority of such Indemnified Holders; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include Indemnified Holders and the Company and the Guarantors, and the Indemnified Holders shall have reasonably concluded that a
conflict may arise between the positions of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to any
Indemnified Holder which are different from or additional to those available to the Company and the Guarantors, the Indemnified Holders shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the
defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Holders; provided, however that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local
counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by a majority of the Indemnified Holders. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such
counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not, in
connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and
expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. 

  
 15 

 Upon receipt of notice from the Company and the Guarantors to such Indemnified Holder of the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ election to so assume the defense of such action and requisite approval by the Indemnified Holders of counsel, the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable to such Indemnified Holders under this
Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Holders in connection with the defense thereof unless the Indemnified Holders shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the foregoing (it being
understood, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel (to the extent required in each jurisdiction)). 

The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or
expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or
consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder
is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding. 

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors
and their respective directors and officers who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and
the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to
losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim
or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related
to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). In case any
action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such
Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding
paragraph. 

  
 16 

 (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified
party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable
indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total
gross proceeds to the Company and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified
Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount
paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or
other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. 
 The Company,
the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity
for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. 

  
 17 

 SECTION 9. Rule 144A and Rule 144. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby
agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the Company or such Guarantor (a) is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available to
any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and (b) is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings
required thereby in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144. 

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder
unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and
executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement
who desire to do so may, with the consent of the Company, sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such
offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be
reasonably satisfactory to the Company. 
 SECTION 12. Miscellaneous. 

(a) Remedies. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss
incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate; provided, that the payment of Additional Interest by the
Company in accordance with Section 5 shall be the sole remedy for any Registration Default. 
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements.
Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with
the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person that would require such securities to be included in any
Registration Statement filed hereunder. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under
any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 

  
 18 

 (c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit
any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or
departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and
(ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or
its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect
directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered
or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to
which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective. 
 (e) Notices. All notices and
other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar
under the Indenture; and 
 (ii) if to the Company: 

Parker Drilling Company 
 5
Greenway Plaza, Suite 100 
 Houston, Texas 77046 

Telecopy: 281-406-2331 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice): 

Baker Botts L.L.P 
 One Shell
Plaza 
 Houston, Texas 77002 

Telecopy: 713-229-6107 

Attention: Kelly Brunetti Rose, Esq. 

  
 19 

 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered
to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently
delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such
Holder. 
 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the
application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or
impaired thereby. 
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their
agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than
those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with
respect to such subject matter. 

  
 20 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	Parker Drilling Company
		
	By:	 	/s/ David W. Tucker
	Name: David W. Tucker
	Title: Treasurer
	
	GUARANTORS:
	  
 Anachoreta, Inc.

ITS Rental and Sales, Inc.
 Pardril, Inc.

Parker Aviation Inc.
 Parker Drilling Arctic Operating,
Inc.
 Parker Drilling Company North America, Inc.

Parker Drilling Company of Niger
 Parker Drilling
Company of Oklahoma,
 Incorporated
 Parker
Drilling Company of South America, Inc.
 Parker Drilling Management Services, Inc.

Parker Drilling Offshore Corporation
 Parker Drilling
Offshore USA, L.L.C.
 Parker North America Operations, Inc.

Parker Technology, Inc.
 Parker Technology,
L.L.C.
 Parker Tools, LLC
 Parker-VSE,
LLC
 Quail USA, LLC

		
	By:	 	/s/ David W. Tucker
		 	Name: David W. Tucker
		 	Title: Vice President and Treasurer
	
	Quail Tools, L.P.

  

					
		
	By:	 	Quail USA, LLC, its General Partner
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ David W. Tucker

		 		 	Name: David W. Tucker
		 		 	Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first
above written: 
  

					
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated	 	
			
	By:	 	/s/ J. Lex Maultsby	 	.
		 	Name: J. Lex Maultsby	 	
		 	Title: Managing Director	 	

  

					
	Barclays Capital Inc.	 	
			
	By:	 	/s/ Paul Cugno	 	.
		 	Name: Paul Cugno	 	
		 	Title: Managing Director	 	

  

					
	Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.	 	
			
	By:	 	/s/ Frank Fazio	 	.
		 	Name: Frank Fazio	 	
		 	Title: Managing Director	 	
			
	By:	 	/s/ Manfred Affenzeller	 	.
		 	Name: Manfred Affenzeller	 	
		 	Title: Director	 	

 SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

					
	Goldman, Sachs & Co.	 	
			
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael Hickey
	 	.
		 	Name: Michael Hickey	 	
		 	Title: Managing Director	 	
		
	Wells Fargo Securities, LLC	 	
			
	By:	 	 /s/ Whitney Wall
	 	.
		 	Name: Whitney Wall	 	
		 	Title: Director	 	

 On behalf of each of the Initial Purchasers 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

 Schedule A 

Anachoreta, Inc. 
 ITS Rental and Sales, Inc. 

Pardril, Inc. 
 Parker Aviation Inc. 

Parker Drilling Arctic Operating, Inc. 
 Parker Drilling Company
North America, Inc. 
 Parker Drilling Company of Niger 
 Parker
Drilling Company of Oklahoma, Incorporated 
 Parker Drilling Company of South America, Inc. 

Parker Drilling Management Services, Inc. 
 Parker Drilling
Offshore Corporation 
 Parker Drilling Offshore USA, L.L.C. 

Parker North America Operations, Inc. 
 Parker Technology, L.L.C.

 Parker Technology, Inc. 
 Parker Tools, LLC 

Parker-VSE, LLC 
 Quail Tools, L.P. 

Quail USA, LLC 

 Schedule B 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 

Incorporated 
 Wells Fargo Securities, LLC 

Barclays Capital Inc. 
 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
 RBS Securities Inc. 

Global Hunter Securities, LLC 
 HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. 

Natixis Securities Americas LLC

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00225-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00225-of-00352.parquet"}]]